< Gjoni 8:31 >

31 Atëherë Jezusi u tha Judenjve që besuan në të: “Nëse do të qëndroni në fjalën time, jeni me të vërtetë dishepujt e mi;
३१ज्या यहूद्यांनी त्याच्यावर विश्वास ठेवला त्यांना येशू म्हणाला, “तुम्ही माझ्या वचनात राहिला तर खरोखर माझे शिष्य आहात.
Was saying
Strongs:
Strongs extended:
Lexicon:
λέγω
Greek:
Ἔλεγεν
Transliteration:
Elegen
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to speak
Morphhology:
Verb Imperfect Active Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that was happening - done by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
speak, to speak, speak/ask
Tyndale
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, [in LXX very freq, chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al;] 1) in Hom, to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. 2) In Hdt. and Att, to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol, Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir, Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al; before ὅτι recit, Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al; accusative and inf, Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir, Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al; with prep, πρός, μετά, περί, etc, Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass, Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι, δια- (-μαι), προ, συλ-λέγω). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr, Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, B) pick up, etc: tenses for signification 1 and 11, future λέξω [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, future in passive sense λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλεξάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἐλέγμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, aorist ἐλέχθην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; post-[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect εἴλοχα (κατ, συν-), passive εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (see. the compounds); also future λεγήσομαι (συλ-): aorist 2 ἐλέγην (κατ, συν-):—gather, pick up, ὀστέα. λέγωμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, gather for oneself, ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) middle, choose for oneself, pick out, λέξαιτο. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, to be chosen, εἰ. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι [Refs] B.II) count, tell, ἐν δ᾽ ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and in aorist middle, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέκτο δ᾽ ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, [Refs]:—passive, μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.b) so, but not frequently, after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κέρδος λ, εἰ. count it gain, that, [Refs]:—middle, λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future middle in passive sense, ἐν τοῖς οὐκέτ᾽ οὖσι λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) recount, tell over, οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Ἀγαμέμνονι. λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —middle, τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθα; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) say, speak, first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future λέξω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 6th c.BC+] and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, [Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect λέλεχα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, future λεχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also future middle in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect λέλεγμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] in this sense only in compound δι-): rare in compounds (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the present in most compounds being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the future by ἐρῶ, the aorist by εἶπον, the perfect by εἴρηκα: B.III.1) say, speak, never in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Trag. downwards; of all kinds of oral communications, ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (so in passive, λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of oracles, say, declare, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατά τινος against him, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τά τινος take his part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.2) with accusative et infinitive, say that, [Refs 5th c.BC+], and usually in later Gr, [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+]participle, λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέξεται ἔχων [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.3) λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, especially κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.4) call by name, ἃς τρέμομεν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with double accusative, call so and so, λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so with τινι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα. εἴπῃ σοι. [NT+4th c.BC+] B.III.6) λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω τ; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority, οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! [Refs]; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news, that is well,[Refs]; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ, you are right, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τί λέγει; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.7) pleonastic, ἔφη λέγων [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.8) at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει, Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. ά, etc; τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε [Refs]; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in roman edicts, Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος. λέγει [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.III.9) wish to say, mean, οὔτοι γυναῖκας ἀλλὰ Γοργόνας λέγω [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοι; what does πρὸ Πύλοιο mean? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap.[Refs]; ἢ πῶς λέγομε; or what do we mean to say? Grg.[Refs]; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγει; [Refs]; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντές φασι. what they can possibly mean by saying, [Refs] you, I mean Cassandra, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is put in apposition with the word to be explained, Ἀντικλείας, τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.9.b) περὶ ἃς (i.e. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.10) ὡς λέγουσι as they say, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, λέγεται it is said, c.accusative et infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι. [Refs]; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] absolutely, as the saying goes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the so-called, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ λ. ὅτι. of whom it is said that, [Refs] B.III.11) of orators, speak (emphatically), λέγειν δεινός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plead one's cause in a court of law, [Refs]; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.12) boast of, tell of, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Poets, sing of, θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας [Refs] B.III.13) recite what is written, λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε [Refs 5th c.BC+] and 10, etc; of lectures, ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος [Refs 2nd c.AD+] (the sense of Latin lego, read, occurs only in the compounds ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι). B.III.14) say or send word by another, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.15) maintain as a thesis, οἱ τὰς ἰδέας λέγοντες [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.16) nominate, Latin dicere [dictatorem], [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. (Cf. Latin lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').)
Strongs > g3004
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
légō
Pronounciation:
leg'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
properly, to "lay" forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas g2036 (ἔπω) and g5346 (φημί) generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while g4483 (ῥέω) is properly to break silence merely, and g2980 (λαλέω) means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean; ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter; a primary verb

therefore
Strongs:
Greek:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oun
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
therefore/then
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oun
Gloss:
therefore/then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9, Jhn.8:38, Act.1:21, Rom.5:9, al; in exhortations, Mat.3:8, Luk.11:35, Act.3:19, Rom.6:12, al; in questions, Mat.13:28, Mrk.15:12, Jhn.8:[5], Rom.6:1, al; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mat.1:17, Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:22 2:18 (and very frequently in this Gospel), Act.26:22, al; ἄρα οὖν (see: ἄρα); ἐπεὶ οὖν, Heb.2:14; οὖν with ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν), Act.2:30, Rom.5:1, al; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mat.5:23, Luk.4:7, Jhn.6:62, Rom.2:26, al; ὡς οὖν, Jhn.4:1, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oun
Gloss:
therefore/then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
οὖν, Ionic dialect and Doric dialect ὦν (the latter in [Refs 8th c.BC+], adverb certainly, in fact, confirming something, frequently in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in combination with γε (see. γοῦν), γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc: 1) really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα, ὄφρ᾽ for we followed them up to the very point, where, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι, Πλαταιῆς δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι, ἐκ δ᾽ οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so δ᾽ οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ᾽ οὖν but if he is so, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἀλλ᾽ οὖν. γε but at all events, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὖν concessive, I grant you, τάχ᾽ οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Τληπόλεμος δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, [Refs]; νεβροί, αἵ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον. ἑστᾶσ᾽ which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, [Refs]; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred, ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔτ᾽ οὖν, οὔτε. or οὔτε, οὔτ᾽ οὖν. both = neither. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so εἰ, εἴτ᾽ οὖν. if, or if, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτ᾽ οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξεῖνος αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] even as, just as, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for μὲν οὖν, see at {μέν} [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) added to indefinite Prons. and adverbs, like Latin cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc, (see entry). II) to continue a narrative, so, then, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν. θῆκαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅτ᾽ οὖν since, then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is very common in this sense; so δ᾽ οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenthesis or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι,—ὑμέας ὦν. προσκαλέομαι. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ὦν is frequently inserted by [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ᾽ ὦν ἔδοντο[Refs]; so in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: this tmesis is rare in Attic dialect, ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ᾽ οὖν ἔβαλεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus cited in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III) in inferences, then, therefore, not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in a statement, [Refs]; very common from [Refs 5th c.BC+] downwards; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthened, δὴ οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in questions, τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ᾽ ἐστίν ; [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; ἆρ᾽ οὖν δή ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν δή ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oûn
Pronounciation:
oon
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly; and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore; apparently a primary word

<the>
Strongs:
Greek:
Transliteration:
ho
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

Jesus
Strongs:
Strongs extended:
Greek:
Ἰησοῦς
Transliteration:
Iēsous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
Jesus/Joshua
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Singular Masculine Individual
Grammar:
a PERSON
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
Jesus @ Mat.1.1
Tyndale
Word:
Ἰησοῦς
Transliteration:
Iēsous
Gloss:
Jesus
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dative, voc. -οῦ, accusative, -οῦν (Heb. יֵשׁוּעַ,יְהֹשֻׁעַ,יְהוֹשׁוּעַ), 1) JESUS: Mat.1:21, al; ὁ Ἰ, ib. 3:13, al; Ἰ. Χριστός, ib. 1:1, Mrk.1:1, al; Χρ. Ἰ, Rom.2:26, al; κύριος Ἰ, Act.28:31, al; Ἰησοῦ, voc, Mrk.1:24, al. 2) Joshua: Act.7:45, Heb.4:8. 3) Jesus, son of Eliezer: Luk.3:28. 4) Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col.4:11. 5) see: βαραββᾶς. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Ἰησοῦς
Transliteration:
Iēsous
Gloss:
Jesus
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , [Refs 1st c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)
Strongs > g2424
Word:
Ἰησοῦς
Transliteration:
Iēsoûs
Pronounciation:
ee-ay-sooce'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites; Jesus; of Hebrew origin (h3091)

to
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πρός
Greek:
πρὸς
Transliteration:
pros
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to/with
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
πρός
Transliteration:
pros
Gloss:
to/with
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
πρός, prep. with genitive, dative, accusative I. I. C. genitive, of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaphorically, in the interests of, Act.27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). II. II. C. dative, of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mrk.5:11, Luk.19:37, Jhn.18:16 20:11, 12 Rev.1:13. III. C. accusative, of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. 1) Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc, Mat.3:14, Mrk.6:51, Luk.11:5, Jhn.2:3, Act.9:2, al. mult; metaphorically, of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Luk.23:12, Jhn.6:52, 2Co.7:4, Eph.6:12, Col.3:13, al; of the issue or end, Luk.14:32, Jhn.11:4, al; of purpose, Mat.26:12, Rom.3:26, 1Co.6:5, al; πρὸς τό, with inf, denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft, Notes, 131), Mat.5:28, Mrk.13:22, Eph.6:11, 1Th.2:9, al; (b) of close proximity, at, by, with: Mat.3:10, Mrk.11:4, Luk.4:11, Act.3:2, al; after εἶναι, Mat.13:56, Mrk.6:3, Jhn.1:1, al. 2) 2. Of time, (a) towards (Plat, Xen, LXX: Gen.8:11, al.): Luk.24:29; (b) for: πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jhn.5:35, al; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Jas.4:14. 3) Of relation (a) toward, with: Rom.5:1, 2Co.1:12, Col.4:5, 1Th.4:12, al; (b) with regard to: Mat.19:8, Mrk.12:12, Rom.8:31, al; (with) pertaining to, to: Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; (d) according to: Luk.12:47, 2Co.5:10, Gal.2:14, Eph.3:4 4:14; (e) in comparison with: Rom.8:18. IV. In composition: towards (προσέρχομαι), to (προσάγω), against (προσκόπτω), besides (προσδαπανάω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πρός
Transliteration:
pros
Gloss:
to/with
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
πρός, preposition, expressing direction, A) on the side of, in the direction of, hence with genitive, dative, and accusative, from, at, to: Epic dialect also προτί and ποτί, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually with accusative, more rarely with dative, and each only once with genitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—dialectal forms: Doric dialectποτί (which see) and ποί, but Cretan dialect πορτί [Refs], Argive προτ(ί) [Refs 7th c.BC+] πός [Refs 4th c.BC+], also sometimes in Asia Minor in compounds, see at {ποσάγω},{ποσφέρω}; Aeolic dialect πρός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; πρές [Refs 6th c.AD+]; Pamphylian περτ (ί) [Refs] (With προτί, πρός cf. Sanskrit práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slavonic protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Latin pretium: ποτί (which see) and πός are not cognate) [Refs 4th c.BC+] refers to that from which something comes: A.I) of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] one on the north side, the other on the south side, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the accusative is more common) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour-ward side of this road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. ὑπίσχομαι probably in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.3.b) in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατειπάτω. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε. γουνάζομαι. π. τ᾽ ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστί; in heaven's name, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Trag. with the pronoun σε between preposition and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός. ἱκνοῦμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.5) of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) of effects proceeding from what cause soever: A.II.1) from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc, ὡς ἂν. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+] to have been taught by, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω π. Τρώων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν [Refs]; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with an adjective or substantive, τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adverb, οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of things, π. τίνος ποτ᾽ αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of, [Refs] A.III) of dependence or close connexion: hence, A.III.1) dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, [Refs] A.III.2) on one's side, in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]correctly, [Refs]; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (variant{ὀργήν}) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, [Refs 4th c.AD+] B) WITH DAT, it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, [Refs]; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; θακεῖν π. ναοῖς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (variant ὑπ᾽) αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on, [Refs]; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π. πήματι over it, [Refs]; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.3) with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.4) sometimes with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]close to, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II) to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ᾽ εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III) to express union or addition, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides them sleep, [Refs 8th c.BC+]in addition to, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] besides his youth, [Refs]; π. τούτοισι besides this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely in singular, π. τούτῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCU[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I) of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, [LXX]; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.2) with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ᾽ uncertain in [LXX+NT]; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, [NT]beside, [Refs] C.I.2.b) of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, [Refs]; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, [LXX] C.I.3) with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc, towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] against the wind, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+] lie towards the West, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. φῶς in open day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, by torch-light, [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.4) in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δαίμονα against his will,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5) without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ᾽ ἐπακοῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ᾽ αὐτόν he swore to me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] sometimes governs the reflexive pronoun, διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.5.b) π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.6) of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π. Διομήδεα τεύχε᾽ ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.6.b) in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sometimes means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά [Refs]: but sometimes at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, [Refs]; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, [Refs]; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] C.I.7) of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc, τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο. π. μνήμονας [Refs 5th c.BC+] before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, [Refs]; φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, [Refs]; λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ. ποτήρια. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτ᾽ ὄρθρον (nisi to be read πότορθρον) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, [Refs] for the moment, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; see below 111.5. C.III) of Relation between two objects, C.III.1) in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]in respect of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις [LXX]; ἐὰν. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. cited in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (i.e. ὁ λόγος) he shall have to reckon with God, [Refs]; ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν [Refs]; π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς [Refs] see at {ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ},[NT+5th c.BC+]; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ π. τι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] name for two, [Refs]; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opposed to ἁπλῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί with accusative, perpendicular to, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.III.2) in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν φήμην in view of, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: with neuter pronoun, π. τ; wherefore? to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, [Refs]; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, [Refs 8th c.BC+]therefore, this being so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3) in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν. μῆλα π. σφαγάς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3.b) with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.III.3.c) ={πρός} [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.4) in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς παρεὸν. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), [Refs 5th c.BC+] sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον. π. χαλκόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι [Refs 4th c.AD+]; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', [Refs 4th c.BC+] i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]Prooem; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν poetical in [Refs]; π. βραχύ [Refs 4th c.AD+] (by) a little past their best, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.5) in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁρῶ. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]according to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, [Refs], compare 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, [Refs]; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.6) with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, [Refs 1st c.BC+] C.III.7) πρός c.accusative frequently periphrastic for adverb, π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ. τινα π. βίαν πώνην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἥκω. π. βίαν under compulsion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by force, forcibly, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, [Refs] (but also, in spite of any one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] with genitive _of things_, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]by means of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. καιρόν seasonably, [Refs]; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. μέρος in due proportion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὀρθὰς (i.e. γωνίας (. τῇ AEB at right angles to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in the highest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.8) of Numbers. up to, about, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] D) AB[Refs 5th c.BC+] AS adverb, besides, over and above; in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc. E.II) addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc. E.III) a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaphorically connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc. F) REMARKS, F.1) in poetry πρός sometimes stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.2) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.3) sometimes (in violation of the rule given by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] followed by an enclitic pronoun, πρός με [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πρός
Transliteration:
prós
Pronounciation:
pros
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated); about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in); a strengthened form of g4253 (πρό)

the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τοὺς
Transliteration:
tous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
SPECIFIC male people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
[those] which
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

having believed
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πιστεύω
Greek:
πεπιστευκότας
Transliteration:
pepisteukotas
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to trust (in)
Morphhology:
Verb Perfect Active Participle Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that was happening - done by male people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
to trust (in)
Tyndale
Word:
πιστεύω
Transliteration:
pisteuō
Gloss:
to trust (in)
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πιστεύω, [in LXX chiefly for אמן hi;] 1) intrans, to have faith (in), to believe; in cl, with accusative, dative, in NT also with prep, (on the significance of the various constructions, see M, Pr., 67f; Vau. on Rom.4:5; Ellic. on 1Ti.1:16; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol, Mat.24:23, 26 Mrk.13:21, 1Co.11:18; with accusative of thing(s), Act.13:41, 1Co.13:7; with dative of person(s) (to believe what one says), Mrk.16:[13, 14], 1Jn.4:1; τ. ψεύδει, 2Th.2:11; περί. ὅτι, Jhn.9:18; esp. and most frequently with reference to religious belief: absol, Mat.8:13, Mrk.5:36, Luk.8:50, Jhn.11:40, al; before ὅτι, Mat.9:28, al; with dative (see supr, and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jhn.3:12 5:24 6:30 8:31, Act.16:34, Gal.3:6 " (LXX), 2Ti.1:12, 1Jn.5:10, al; with prep, (expressing personal trust and reliance as distinct from mere credence or belief; see M, Pr., l.with; DB, i, 829b), to believe in or on: ἐν (Psa.77 (78):22, al.), Mrk.1:15 (see Swete, in l.); εἰς, Mat.18:6, Jhn.2:11 (see Westc, in l.), and freq, Act.10:43 19:4, Rom.10:14, Gal.2:16, Php.1:29, I Jhn.5:10, 1Pe.1:8; εἰς τ. ὄνομα, Jhn.1:12 2:23 3:18, 1Jn.5:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.27:42, Act.9:42 11:17 16:31 22:19, Rom.4:5; ἐπί, with dative, Rom.9:33 (LXX) 10:11 (ib.), 1Ti.1:16, 1Pe.2:6 " (LXX); ptcp. pres, οἱ π, as subst, Act.2:44, Rom.3:22, 1Co.1:21, al; aor, Mrk.16:[16], Act.4:32; pf, Act.19:18 21:20 (on Johannine use of the tenses of π, see Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). 2) Trans, to entrust: with accusative and dative, Luk.16:11, Jhn.2:24; pass, to be entrusted with: with accusative, Rom.3:2, 1Co.9:17, Gal.2:7, 1Th.2:4 (see Lft, Notes, 21f.), 1Ti.1:11, Tit.1:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πιστεύω
Transliteration:
pisteuō
Gloss:
to trust (in)
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πιστ-εύω, future -εύσω: pluperfect πεπιστεύκειν [NT]: (πίστις):—trust, put faith in, rely on a person, thing, or statement, τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [σημείοις] [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective or pronoun, λόγοις ἐμοῖσι πίστευσον τάδε believe my words herein, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος[NT]: absolutely, believe, περὶ μὲν τούτου. οὔτε ἀπιστέω οὔτε ὦν π. τι λίην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χαλεπὰ παντὶ ἑξῆς τεκμηρίῳ πιστεῦσαι although it is hard to believe every single bit of evidence about them, [Refs 5th c.BC+] entertain a confident opinion, [Refs]:—passive, to be trusted or believed, ἄνδρες ἄξιοι πιστεύεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστευθῆναι ὑπό τινος enjoy his confidence,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς πιστευθησόμενος as if he would be believed, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πιστεύονται [οἱ λόγοι] [Refs]; ἐπιστεύοντο ἃ ἔλεγον they were believed in what they said, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρόγνωσιν ἐπεπίστευντο were believed to possess foreknowledge, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 2) comply, ὡς οὐχ ὑπείξων οὐδὲ πιστεύσων λέγει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπιστέω, [Refs] 3) with infinitive, believe that, feel confident that a thing is, will be, has been, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ὡς, ὅτι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive is sometimes omitted, τὰ μὲν οὐ πιστεύουσιν οἱ νέοι (i.e. εἶναι or γεγονέναι) [Refs]:—passive, παρὰ Διὸς. οἱ νόμοι πεπιστευμένοι ἦσαν γεγονέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστευθεὶς ἀληθεύσειν believed sure to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: without infinitive, πιστευθείσης εἱμαρμένης αἴρεται πᾶσα νουθεσία [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 4) with dative et infinitive, τοῖσι ἐπίστευε σιγᾶν to whom he trusted that they would keep silence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) have faith, [NT] II) π. τινί τι entrust something to another, τινὶ ἡγεμονίαν, χρήματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, have entrusted to one, ἀρχήν Berichte der russ. Akad. fuür Gesch. der materiellen Kultur [Refs 2nd c.AD+] —passive, πιστεύεσθαί τι to be entrusted with a thing, have it committed to one, παρά or ὑπό τινος, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with infinitive, πιστευθέντας τοῖς ἐχθροῖς διαφθείρειν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: with genitive, πιστευθεὶς τῆς Κύπρου [Refs 2nd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πιστεύω
Transliteration:
pisteúō
Pronounciation:
pist-yoo'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially one's spiritual well-being to Christ); believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with; from g4102 (πίστις)

in Him
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτῷ
Transliteration:
autō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
to him
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)

Jews;
Strongs:
Strongs extended:
Lexicon:
Ἰουδαῖος
Greek:
Ἰουδαίους·
Transliteration:
Ioudaious
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
Jewish
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Plural Masculine Person Gentilic
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that are having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
Jewish, Jews @ 2Ki.25.25
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
Ἰουδαῖος
Origin:
the Greek of h3064G
Transliteration:
Ioudaios
Gloss:
Jew
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Gentilic Person
Definition:
Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (Ἰούδας), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Act.10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Act.21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jhn.3:22; χώρα, Mrk.1:5. Substantively, (a) Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jhn.4:9, Act.18:24, Rom.2:28; pl, Rev.2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ, Mat.2:2, Mrk.7:3, Jhn.2:6, al; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Act.14:1, al; κ. προσήλυτοι, Act.2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ, Act.14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη, Act.21:21; of Jewish Christians, Gal.2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jhn.1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al; (b) Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jhn.3:22, Mrk.1:5), (Heb. יְהוּדָה), Judæa: Mat.2:1, Luk.1:5, Jhn.4:3, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Ἰουδαῖος
Origin:
the Greek of h3064G
Transliteration:
Ioudaios
Gloss:
Jew
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Gentilic Person
Definition:
Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jewish man: Ἰουδαία, a Jewish woman; ἡ Ἰουδαία (i.e. γῆ) “Judaea”: —Ἰουδα-ϊκός, ή, όν, “Jewish”, [LXX] adverb -κῶς [NT+1st c.AD+]
Strongs > g2453
Word:
Ἰουδαῖος
Transliteration:
Ioudaîos
Pronounciation:
ee-oo-dah'-yos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah; Jew(-ess), of Judæa; from g2448 (Ἰουδά) (in the sense of g2455 (Ἰούδας) as a country)

If
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐάν
Greek:
ἐὰν
Transliteration:
ean
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Grammar:
a conditional
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
ean
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
ean
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἐάν (so early Attic Inscrr, as [Refs 4th c.BC+], also contraction ἤν and ἄν, see at {ἤν},{ἄν} (B) [ᾱ], which by crasis with καί become κἄν:—if haply, if, regularly followed by subjunctive: for its use and for examples, see at {εἰ} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) in Hellenistic and late Greek, ={ἄν} after relative Pronouns and Conjunctions, as ὃς ἐάν whosoever, [LXX+5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
eán
Pronounciation:
eh-an'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty; before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever); from g1487 (εἰ) and g302 (ἄν)

you yourselves
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμεῖς
Transliteration:
humeis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Nominative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. ( [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular

shall abide
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μένω
Greek:
μείνητε
Transliteration:
meinēte
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to stay
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Subjunctive 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happened - by persons being spoken or written to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
μένω
Transliteration:
menō
Gloss:
to stay
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
μένω, [in LXX for קוּם,עמד, etc;] to stay, abide, remain. 1) Intrans; (i) of place: before ἐν, Luk.8:27, al; παρά, with dative of person(s), Jhn.1:40, al; σύν, Luk.1:56; καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, Act.28:16; with adv, ἐκεῖ, Mat.10:11; ὧδε, Mat.26:38; metaphorically, 1Jn.2:18; of the Holy Spirit, Jhn.1:32, 33 14:17; of Christ, Jhn.6:56 15:4, al; ὁ θεός, 1Jn.4:15, conversely, of Christians, Jhn.6:56 15:4, 1Jn.4:15, al; ὁ λόγος τ. θεοῦ, 1Jn.2:14; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Jo 2, al. (ii) Of time; (a) of persons: Php.1:25; before εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jhn.12:34, Heb.7:24, 1Jn.2:17; ὀλίγον, Rev.17:10; ἕως ἔρχομαι, Jhn.21:22, 23; (b) of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mat.11:23, Heb.13:14; λόγος θεοῦ, 1Pe.1:23; ἁμαρτία, Jhn.9:41. (iii) Of condition: with pred, μόνος, Jhn.12:24; ἄγαμος, 1Co.7:11; πιστός, 2Ti.2:13; ἱερεύς, Heb.7:3; with adv, οὕτως, 1Co.7:40; ὡς κἀγώ, ib. 8; before ἐν, ib. 20, 24. 2) Trans. (Bl, §34, 1; Field, Notes, 132): with accusative of person(s), Act.20:5, 23 (cf. ἀνα, δια, ἐν, ἐπι, κατα, παρα, συν-παρα, περι, προσ, ὑπο-μένω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μένω
Transliteration:
menō
Gloss:
to stay
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
μένω, Epic dialect infinitive μενέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] present participle μίνονσαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect, Ionic dialect imperfect μένεσκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Epic dialect, Ionic dialect future μενέω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect μενῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔμεινα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect μεμένηκα [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare μίμνω:—stay, wait: I) stand fast, in battle, οὐδ᾽ ἴφθιμοι Λύκιοι μένον, ἀλλὰ φόβηθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φεύγειν μηδὲ μένειν Oracle texts cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. κατὰ χώραν, of soldiers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) stay at home, stay where one is, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2.b) lodge, stay, παρὰ ματρί [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.c) μ. ἀπὸ ἧς ἀλόχοιο stay away, be absent from, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: and so absolutely, to be a shirker, ἴση μοῖρα μένοντι καὶ εἰ μάλα τις πολεμίζοι [Refs] I.2.d) οἱ μένοντες, opposed to οἱ φεύγοντες (exiles), [Refs] I.3) stay, tarry, ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; loiter, be idle,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) of things, to be lasting, remain, stand, στήλη μένει ἔμπεδον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to φέρεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰ μηδὲν μένει if nothing is fixed, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; οἱ μένοντες (i.e. ἀστέρες) having no proper motion, opposed to οἱ πλάνητες, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μένουσιν ἀριστοκρατίαι are stable, permanent, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.4.b) μ. παρά τινι remain in one's possession, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.5) of condition, remain as one was, of a maiden, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῶν βεβαίως μοι φίλων μενόντων Ps.-Philipp. cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]: generally, stand, hold good, ἢν μείνωσιν ὅρκοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τὰ βουλήματα καὶ οὐ μεταρρεῖ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of circumstances, οὐ μενεῖν κατὰ χώραν τὰ πράγματα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδαμὰ ἐν τὠυτῷ μ, of prosperity, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. ἐπὶ τούτων [ἃ κατέστραπται] remain contented with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ βίῳ μ. be content with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of wine, keep good, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] I.6) abide by an opinion, conviction, etc, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀληθεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μενέτωσαν ἐν τοῖς διαγνωσθεῖσι Legal cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ μένων the party which observes an engagement, [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.7) impersonal with infinitive, it remains for one to do, μένει. ἐκτίνειν θέμιν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) transitive, of persons, await, expect (compare μίμνω), ἡμέρας μεῖναι φάος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially await an attack without blenching, Δαναοὶ Τρῶας μένον ἔμπεδον, οὐδὲ φέβοντο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a rock, bide the storm, [Refs 8th c.BC+] awaits him, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπίξηνον μένει (i.e. με) [NT] II.2) with accusative et infinitive, wait for, ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμε; wait ye for the Trojans to come nigh? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μένον δ᾽ ἐπὶ ἕσπερον ἐλθεῖν they waited for evening's coming on, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τί μένεις. ἰένα; why wait to go? [Refs 6th c.BC+]; μένω δ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι I wait, i.e. long, to hear, [Refs 4th c.BC+] man- 'wait', Latin maneo.)
Strongs
Word:
μένω
Transliteration:
ménō
Pronounciation:
men'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy); abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own; a primary verb

in
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, prep, (the most frequently of all in NT), with dative (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, with abl.). I. Of place, with dative of thing(s), of person(s), in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Luk.7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mat.7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mat.12:40; τ. ὄρει, 2Pe.1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Rev.3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν, Luk.1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Gal.3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mat.12:5, al; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Luk.2:49; trop, of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mat.5:28, 2Co.4:6, al; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, 2Co.5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς (constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl; cf. Bl, §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω. ἐν, Mat.10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom, Il., i, 441, al.), Jhn.3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Luk.9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Luk.7:17. II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc: ἐν ζωῇ, Rom.5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, 1Jn.3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1Pe.1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mrk.5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Php.4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Jas.3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 1Co.2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mrk.4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jhn.15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Rom.12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dative in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Luk.14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Act.7:14); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mrk.12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Jas.2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Luk.22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, 1Co.4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen, Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως), Luk.18:8 (cf. Bl, §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Rom.8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mrk.1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Rom.3:24, 6:11, 1Co.3:1, 4:10, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 1Th.4:16, al. III. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—see LS, see word Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dative), 1Co.6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34; ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, al; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ, ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr, II, which some would classify here), Rev.13:10 (cf. 6:8). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας. ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, see word בְּ, III, 3), Rev.5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.with; M, Pr., 104), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. accusative, so Jas.5:12), Mat.5:34, al; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mrk.4:8 (WH; vv. ll, εἰς, ἒν), Act.7:14 (LXX). IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jhn.11:9, al; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mat.12:2, al; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jhn.4:31; (b) at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, 1Co.15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mat.22:28; (with) with art. inf, (α) present (so sometimes in cl, but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mat.13:4, Mrk.6:48, Gal.4:18, al; (β) aor, when, after: Luk.9:36, al; (d) within (cl.): Mat.27:40, V. In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (before ἐν) or motion into (before εἰς), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί [Refs 8th c.BC+], forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag, εἰν [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἰν [Refs] ) PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into. A) WITH DAT. A.I) OF PLACE, A.I.1) in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of, ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι [Refs] in my arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.b) ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2) elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν γειτόνων (see. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ (αὑτῷ codex Rav.) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc, equipped with them, uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, probably in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.5) in the number of, amongst, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for ἐν τοῖς with _superlative_, V. ὁ. A.I.5.b) in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι [Refs 8th c.BC+], with infinitive, it depends on him to, rests with him to, ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ. ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔν γ᾽ ἐμοί so far as rests with me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, [Refs] A.I.7) in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, [Refs]; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, [Refs] A.I.8) in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν[Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ [LXX+2nd c.AD+] is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.9) πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.I.10) ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.I.11) in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION: A.II.1) of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of inward states, of feeling, etc, ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to blame him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) frequently with neuter adjective, ἐν βραχεῖ, ={βραχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τάχει, ={ταχέως}, [Refs]; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, ={καλῶς ἔχει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs]; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ, ={ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ}, ={ὁμοίως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν κενοῖς, ={κενῶς}, [Refs] substantive, ἐν δίκᾳ, ={δικαίως}, opposed to παρὰ δίκαν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but in most cases the originally sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα[Refs]; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, [Refs]; ἐν λόγοις by words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πραχθέντα. ἐν. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια [NT] A.IV) OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν τούτῳ (i.e. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ᾧ (i.e. χρόνῳ) during the time that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the course of the mysteries, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.b) ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.2) in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V.2) with genitive of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων [LXX] A.V.3) amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) WITH Acc, into, on, for, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; also poetry, ἐν πάντα νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITHOUT CASE, AS adverb, in the phrase ἐν δέ, C.1) and therein, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.2) and among them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.3) and besides, moreover (not in Attic dialect Prose), [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.4) ἔνι, ={ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) POSITION: ἐν frequently stands between its substantive and the adjective agreeing therewith, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without an adjective, τῷ δ᾽ ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας [Refs 8th c.BC+] between substantive and genitive, χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος [Refs]--One or more independent words sometimes come between the preposition and its dative, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) with Verbs, the preposition mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc, with dative, or followed by εἰς, or ἐν: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compound, to remark a thing in one. E.I.b) also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί. E.I.2) with adjectives, it expresses E.I.2.a) a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather. E.I.2.b) the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc. E.II) ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ ; ἐλ- before ; ἐρ- before ; rarely ἐσ- before ; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.
Strongs
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Pronounciation:
en
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
"in," at, (up-)on, by, etc.; about, after, against, + almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+ all means), for (… sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to, -wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly, one, X quickly, X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on), through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while, with(-in); a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between g1519 (εἰς) and g1537 (ἐκ))

the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

word
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λόγος
Greek:
λόγῳ
Transliteration:
logō
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
logos
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
λόγος, -ου, ὁ (λέγω) [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for מִלָּה,אֵמֶר, etc;] I. Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. 1) a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name (ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mat.8:8, Luk.7:7, 1Co.14:9, 19 Heb.12:19, al. 2) a saying, statement, declaration: Mat.19:22 (T om.), Mrk.5:36 7:29, Luk.1:29, Jhn.2:22 6:60, Act.7:29, al; with genitive attrib, Act.13:15, Rom.9:9, Heb.7:28, al; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc, of teachers, Mat.7:24 10:14, Mrk.8:38, Luk.9:4, Jhn.14:24, al; λ. κενοί, Eph.5:6; ἀληθινοί, Rev.19:9; πιστοί, Rev.22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mrk.7:13, Jhn.10:35, Rom.13:9, 1Co.14:36, Php.1:14, al; absol, ὁ λ, Mat.13:21, 22 Mrk.16:[20], Luk.1:2, Act.6:4, Heb.4:12, al. 3) speech, discourse: Act.14:12, 2Co.10:10, Jas.3:2; opposite to ἐπιστολή, 2Th.2:15; disting, from σοφία, 1Co.2:1; ἀναστροφή, 1Ti.4:12; δύναμις, 1Co.4:19, 1Th.1:5; ἔργον, Rom.15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον (not worthy of mention), Act.20:24; of the faculty of speech, Luk.24:19, 2Co.11:6; of the style of speech, Mat.5:37, 1Co.1:5; of instruction, Col.4:3, 1Pe.3:1; with genitive of person(s), Jhn.5:24 8:52, Act.2:41, al; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.8:31; with genitive obj. (τ.) ἀληθείας, 2Co.6:7, Col.1:5, Jas.1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, 2Co.5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, 1Co.1:18; of mere talk, 1Co.4:19, 2o, Col.2:23, 1Jn.3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col.2:23. 4) subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Act.18:15, 2Ti.2:17, al; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mat.13:20-23, Mrk.4:14-20 8:32, Luk.1:2, Act.8:4, Gal.6:6, 1Th.1:6, al; with genitive of person(s), τ. θεοῦ, Luk.5:1, Jhn.17:6, Act.4:29, 1Co.14:36, I Jhn.1:10, Rev.6:9, al; τ. Κυρίου, Act.8:25, 1Th.1:8, al; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col.3:16, Rev.3:8; with genitive appos, Act.15:7; with genitive attrib, Heb.5:13. 5) a story, tale, narrative: Mat.28:15, Jhn.21:23, Act.1:1 11:22; before περί, Luk.5:15. 6) That which is spoken of (Plat, al; V. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mat.21:24, Mrk.1:45 11:29, Luk.20:3, Act.8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Act.19:38; pl. (1Ma.7:33, al.), Luk.1:4. II. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. 1) reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt, Plat, al.): κατὰ λόγον, Act.18:14; (b) a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Act.10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mat.5:32 19:9, WH, mg, R, mg. 2) account, (a) regard: Act.20:24, Rec; (b) reckoning: Php.4:15, 17; συναίρειν (which see) λ, Mat.18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Rom.14:12, Heb.13:17, 1Pe.4:5; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.16:2; before περί, Mat.12:36, Act.19:40, 1Pe.3:15. 3) proportion, analogy: Php.2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). III. ὁ λ, the Divine Word or Logos: Jhn.1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, 1Jn.1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Rev.19:13 (see Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll; reff. in Artt, Logos, DB, DCG). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
logos
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word see [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 111, compareinfr. VI. 1 a: I) computation, reckoning (compare λέγω (B) II). I.1) account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, [NT]; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H: metaphorically, οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.1.b) public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ, in Egypt, [Refs]; also as title of treasurer, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; δημόσιος λ, = Latin fiscus, [Refs 1st c.AD+], etc. (but later, = aerarium, [Refs 4th c.AD+] I.2) generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, [NT+4th c.BC+]; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; λόγῳ with genitive, by way of, [Refs]; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, [NT+4th c.BC+] I.3) measure, tale [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐς τούτου (i.e. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+].; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, [NT+5th c.BC+]; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; sum, total of expenditure, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ, = Latin patrimonii modus, [Refs 4th c.AD+] I.4) esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (compare infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, [Refs]; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, [Refs]; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Latin rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also, have the reputation of, see below[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμεῖς οὔτ᾽ ἐν λ. οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἀριθμῷ Oracle texts cited in [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) relation, correspondence, proportion, II.1) generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), [Refs 6th c.BC+]; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare εὔλογος: sometimes with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, [Refs]; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, [Refs]; by parity of reasoning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, [Refs]; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to. as, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) in Mathematics texts, ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ᾽ ἀνάλογον λ, λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] narrows uniformly, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.3) Grammars, analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncopated ope, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) explanation, III.1) plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ τίνα λ; on what ground? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, [Refs]; ἐπὶ τίνι λ; for what reason? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τίνι δικαίῳ λ; what just cause is there? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνι λ; on what account? [NT]; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that, [Refs]; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, [Refs] III.1.b) plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against, [NT] III.2) statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας probably in [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι. [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ.[Refs]; ὡς ὁ λ. (i.e. λέγει) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, [NT]; ὁ προφητικὸς λ, collective, of [NT+5th c.BC+]; of arguments leading to a conclusion (ὁ λ.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. [Refs]; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] III.2.b) ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ, title of a discourse by Protagoras, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ, name of an argument,[Refs 1st c.AD+]; καταβάλλοντες (i.e. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ, current outside the Lyceum, [Refs]; Δισσοὶ λ, title of a philosophical treatise (= [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III.2.c) in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2.d) rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, [Refs 5th c.BC+], compare c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, [Refs]; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν [Refs]; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου[Refs]; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, [Refs]; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opposed to κατὰ πάθος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III.3) law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ νόμος. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.4) thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, [Refs]; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.5) reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐκ λόγου, opposed to μάτην, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας [Refs]; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα (ἐπιστήμη) [Refs]; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.6) formula (wider than definition, but frequently equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, [Refs]; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, [Refs]; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (compare supr. II) of combination, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.7) reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατ τὸν [αὐτὸν αὖ] λ. by the same law, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in Stoic Philos, the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγος, ={φύσει νόμος}, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III.7.b) σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.7.c) in Neo-Platonic Philos, of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; opposed to ὅρος, [Refs 5th c.AD+]in R.1.18 K; τεχνικοὶ λ. [Refs] IV) inward debate of the soul [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opposed to ὁ ἔξω λ.), [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opposed to ὁ προφορικὸς λ, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.1) thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opposed to ἰδία φρόνησις, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; reflection, deliberation[Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ εἰδέναι. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opposed to αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, [Refs 4th c.AD+] in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opposed to sensibly perceived, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; διὰ λόγου θ. χ.[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but, our argument shows, [Refs] as the whim took him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, [Refs 4th c.BC+] since reason and understanding are in abeyance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opposed to αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, [Refs]; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opposed to μετ᾽ αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, [Refs]; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν [Refs]; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, [Refs 5th c.BC+] as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sometimes with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opposed to τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities),[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ, opposed to κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, [Refs]; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opposed to ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, [Refs]; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opposed to ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, [Refs]; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opposed to perception, [Refs]; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opposed to practice, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opposed to intuition, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; reasoning in general, [Refs]; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, [Refs 1st c.BC+], of mystical vision, opposed to reasoning, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] —Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ λόγον, opposed to κατὰ λ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2) reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ.[Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to φύσις, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (i.e. εὐδαιμονίαν) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [[Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2.b) creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] V) continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (compare λέγω (B) [Refs] V.1) fable, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) legend, ἱρὸς λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱεροὶ λ, of Orphic rhapsodies, [Refs] V.3) tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: plural, histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in singular, a historical work, [Refs]: also in singular, one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), [Refs]; so in plural, ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. [Refs]; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. [Refs]; ὁ πρῶτος λ, of St. Luke's gospel, [NT+5th c.BC+], as history to legend, [Refs] (argument) διεξελθεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] V.4) speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc, χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of the body of a speech, opposed to ἐπίλογος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; body of a law, opposed to proem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; spoken, opposed to written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι [Refs]; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, [Refs]; published speech, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy (ῥήσεις), [Refs 4th c.BC+] VI) verbal expression or utterance (compare λέγω (B) [Refs]word, see below b, never in Grammars signification of vocable (ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usually of a phrase, cf. I[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.a) plural, without Article, talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ψευδεῖς Λ, personified, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, [Refs]; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, [Refs] speak if thou delightest in talking, [Refs] VI.b) singular, expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; concisely, [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but also, ={ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ}. [Refs] magic words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, [NT] VI.c) coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc, mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λόγῳ, opposed to ἔργῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγοις, opposed to ψήφῳ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to νόῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα[Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to πρᾶγμα, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to βία, [Refs]; opposed to ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to γνῶσις, [NT]; λόγῳ in pretence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο [Refs]; λόγου χάριν, opposed to ὡς ἀληθῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but also, let us say, for instance, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ, = Latin verbo tenus, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opposed to τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2) common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; νέον [λ.] tidings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, [Refs 5th c.BC+] traditions, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.b) rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι [Refs 1st c.AD+]; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς. [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι. [NT]; fiction, [NT] VI.2.c) mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.d) the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Τροίαν. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] slanders, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.e) λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, with accusative et infinitive, ἔστι τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. μὲν ἔστ᾽ ἀρχαῖος ὡς. [Refs]; λ. alone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, [Refs 5th c.BC+] has the credit of, [NT+5th c.BC+] VI.3) discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, [Refs]; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, [Refs 5th c.BC+] parley, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with,[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.3.b) right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον[Refs 4th c.BC+]: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.3.c) dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare διάλογος. VI.3.d) section, division of a dialogue or treatise (compare see[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ, τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VI.3.e) in plural, literature, letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but, also in plural, treatises, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; Λόγοι, personified, [Refs 6th c.AD+] VII) a particular utterance, saying: VII.1) divine utterance, oracle, [NT+5th c.BC+] VII.2) proverb, maxim, saying, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τόνδ᾽ ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς. [NT+5th c.BC+] VII.3) assertion, opposed to oath, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opposed to μαρτυρία, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VII.4) express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ᾽ ᾧ τε. on the following terms, [Refs]; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, [Refs]: frequently in plural, terms, conditions, [Refs] VII.5) word of command, behest, [NT+5th c.BC+]; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten [LXX+1st c.AD+] VIII) thing spoken of, subject-matter (compare [Refs 6th c.BC+]; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, [Refs]; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret,[Refs]; τίς ἦν λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that, [NT+5th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VIII.2) plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, ={μῦθος}, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VIII.2.b) in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] VIII.3) thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους [LXX+NT] IX) expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ, opposed to διάνοια, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; intelligent utterance, opposed to φωνή, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται [Refs], compare 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, eloquence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] see d. M; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡδυσμένος λ, of rhythmical language set to music, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, [NT]; ἐν λόγοις in orations, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, [Refs] IX.2) of various modes of expression, especially artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; prose, opposed to ποίησις, [Refs]; opposed to ψιλομετρία, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (i.e. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι [Refs]; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, [Refs]arguments without diagrams, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. πεζοί, opposed to ποιητική, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; opposed to ποιήματα,[Refs 1st c.BC+] IX.2.b) of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to πρᾶξις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; dramatic dialogue, opposed to τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, [Refs] IX.3) Grammars, phrase, complex term, opposed to ὄνομα, [Refs]; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun-phrase, [Refs]; expression, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IX.3.b) sentence, complete statement, ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed,[Refs 4th c.BC+] IX.3.c) language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (but ἓν μέρος [τοῦ codex] λόγου one word, [Refs]; περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ, title of work by Chrysippus. X) the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. [LXX+1st c.AD+]; λ. θεοῦ δι᾽ οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ.[Refs] identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. [NT]
Strongs
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
lógos
Pronounciation:
log'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ); account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work; from g3004 (λέγω)

<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

of Mine,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐμός
Greek:
ἐμῷ,
Transliteration:
emō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
my
Morphhology:
Possessive pronoun 1st Singular Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a POSSESSOR of something who is a male person or thing that is speaking or writing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐγώ
Transliteration:
egō
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, genitive, etc, ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, of person(s) pron. I. (a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mat.3:11, Mrk.1:8, Luk.3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mat.10:16, Jhn.10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. 1Ki.3:8), Act.9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jhn.1:23 (LXX), Act.7:32 (LXX). (b) The enclitic forms (see supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jhn.14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mat.7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mat.3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib; λέγει μοι, Rev.5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mrk.9:19, al. The full forms (ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc, also for emphasis, as Luk.10:16, Jhn.7:23, Mrk.14:7, al. (with) The genitive μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mat.2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mrk.9:24. (d) τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί (= Heb. מַה־לִי וָלָךְ, Jdg.11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mat.8:29, Mrk.1:24, 5:7, Luk.8:28, Jhn.2:4; τί γάρ μοι, 1Co.5:2. (e) The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π, appears in Pauline Epp. (see M, Pr., 86f, M, Th., 131f.). (f) κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ), and I, even I, I also: Mat.2:8, Luk.2:48, Jhn.6:56, Rom.3:7, 1Co.7:40, al; κἀγώ. καί, both. and, Jhn.7:28. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐγώ
Transliteration:
egō
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐγώ
Transliteration:
egṓ
Pronounciation:
eg-o'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
I, me; a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic)

truly
Strongs:
Greek:
ἀληθῶς
Transliteration:
alēthōs
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adverb
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a specific ACTION
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἀληθῶς
Transliteration:
alēthōs
Gloss:
truly
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
ἀληθῶς adv. (ἀληθής). [in LXX (Jer.28:6, Psa.58:1, al.) chiefly for אָמֵן and cogn. forms;] truly, surely: Mat.14:33 26:73 Mrk.14:70 15:39, Luk.9:27 12:44 21:3, Jhn.1:48 4:42 6:14 7:26, 40 8:31 17:8 Act.12:11, 1Th.2:13, 1Jn.2:5. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀληθῶς
Transliteration:
alēthōs
Gloss:
truly
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
Included with: ἀληθ-ής [ᾰ], Doric dialect ἀλᾱθής, ές, (λήθω, ={λανθάνω}: ἀληθὲς τὸ μὴ λήθῃ ὑποπῖπτον[Refs]:—unconcealed, so true, real, opposed to false, apparent: I) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀληθέϊ λόγῳ χρᾶσθαι[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of persons, etc, truthful, honest (not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἶνος ἀ. `in vino veritas', [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) of oracles, true, unerring, ἀλαθέα μαντίων θῶκον[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of dreams, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) of qualities or events, true, real, φίλος[Refs 5th c.BC+]; genuine, ἀ. εἶναι δεῖ τὸ σεμνόν, οὐ κενόν[Refs 4th c.BC+] II.2) realizing itself, coming to fulfilment, ἀρά[Refs 4th c.BC+] III) adverb ἀληθῶς, Ionic dialect -θέως, truly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.b) actually, in reality, γένος τόδε Ζηνός ἐστιν ἀ.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν ἀ. μουσικήν (i.e. οὖσαν) [Refs 4th c.BC+] —ὡς ἀ. in the true way, really, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: comparative -εστέρως[Refs 5th c.BC+] -έστερον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative -έστατα[Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) neuter as adverb, proparoxytone ἄληθε; indeed? really? ironically, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) τὸ ἀληθές truly, Ionic dialect τὠληθές[Refs 3rd c.BC+] B) not forgetting, careful, γυνὴ χερνῆτις ἀ.[Refs 8th c.BC+]:—the sense honest is post- [Refs 8th c.BC+] ἀληθ-ίζω, dye with genuine purple, [Refs] B.II) middle -ίζομαι, ={ἀληθεύω}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀληθῶς
Transliteration:
alēthōs
Pronounciation:
al-ay-thoce'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
Definition:
truly; indeed, surely, of a surety, truly, of a (in) truth, verily, very; adverb from g227 (ἀληθής)

disciples
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μαθητής
Greek:
μαθηταί
Transliteration:
mathētai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
disciple
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
disciples
Tyndale
Word:
μαθητής
Transliteration:
mathētēs
Gloss:
disciple
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ (μανθάνω), [in LXX only as seel. (A) in Jer.13:21 20:11 26(46):9 *;] a disciple: opposite to διδάσκαλος, Mat.10:24, Luk.6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mat.9:14, Luk.7:18, Jhn.3:25; τ. Φαρισσίων, Mat.22:16, Mrk.2:18, Luk.5:33; Μωυσέως, Jhn.9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Luk.6:17 7:11 19:37, Jhn.6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mat.10:1 11:1, Mrk.7:17, Luk.8:9, Jo 2:2, al; later, of Christians generally, Act.6:1, 2 7 9:19, al; τ. κυρίου, Act.9:1. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μαθητής
Transliteration:
mathētēs
Gloss:
disciple
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
μᾰθητ-ής, οῦ, ὁ, learner, pupil, τῆς Ἑλλάδος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of dancing, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: frequently in Attic dialect of the pupils of philosophers and rhetoricians, οὐ θέμις πλὴν τοῖς μ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] with genitive _of things_, τούτου τοῦ μαθήματος μ. a studentofit, [Refs]; μ. ἰατρικῆς a student of medicine,[Refs]; apprentice, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μαθητής
Transliteration:
mathētḗs
Pronounciation:
math-ay-tes'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
a learner, i.e. pupil; disciple; from g3129 (μανθάνω)

of Mine
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
μού
Transliteration:
mou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person or thing that is speaking or writing that something belongs to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
my
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)

you are,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἰμί
Greek:
ἐστε,
Transliteration:
este
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by persons being spoken or written to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Editions:
Additional:
you are
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. I. As substantive verb. 1) Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28. 2) Of times, events, etc, to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al. 3) to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al. 4) Impers, ἔστι, ἦν, etc; (a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al; with dative (of the possessor; Bl, §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al; (b) with inf, = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1) Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult. 2) Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3) C. genitive: qual, etc, Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al; part, 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss, Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19. 4) C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al. 5) C. ptcp, as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl, §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); (a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al; (b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf, as in Heb. and Aram; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult, id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f, 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al; (with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9. 6) Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al. 7) C. adv: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al. 8) Ellipses; (a) of the copula (Bl, §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al; (b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ, ἔν, πάρ, συμ-πάρ, σύν-ειμι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+], also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι [Refs], Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι [Refs 6th c.BC+], -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs]; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, [Refs 6th c.BC+]infinitive εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα [Refs], Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] (also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative singular εἴς in [Refs 7th c.BC+]: imperfect ἦν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] is required by metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+], whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες [Refs 1st c.AD+]; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in [Refs 8th c.BC+], but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔον [NT+5th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ἦσο [Refs], 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο [Refs], 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα [NT+3rd c.BC+]; subjunctive ὦμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by [Refs 4th c.BC+]future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.[Refs]; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, [Refs 9th c.AD+] A) as the substantive Verb, A.I) of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὄντες the living, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὁ ὤν the [LXX+8th c.BC+]; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων [Refs]; τὰ ὄντα property, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ. future revenue from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, [NT]; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, [Refs]; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.[Refs] A.II) of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of circumstances, events, etc, to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, [Refs]; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, [Refs]; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? [Refs 5th c.BC+] things are as they are, i.e. are ill, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III) be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς. ἀπαλάλκοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, [Refs 4th c.BC+], = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = Latin est ubi, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before dual Nouns, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν [Refs] A.VI.b) ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] twice five are ten, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔσται δεδορκώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with aorist participle, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἐστί. φέρο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part, the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps: C.I) εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] it fared ill with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II.b) to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of, [Refs].ή, etc. C.II.c) to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.d) to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be de pendent upon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ [Refs] C.II.e) to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.f) in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν [LXX]; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε [LXX] C.III) with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III.2) with two datives, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? [NT]; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, [Refs] C.III.3) with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc, added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) with Preps, εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) εἶναι ἐν. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3.b) ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.4) εἶναι διά, much like{εἶναι ἐν}, εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.IV.5) εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. C.IV.6) εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to suit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.7) εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (assuming variant). C.IV.8) εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.9) περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV.10) εἶναι ἀπό, in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] D) ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc, and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσμέν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive ᾖ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴη, [Refs]; imperfect ἦν, [Refs]; future ἔσονται, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) the Inf. frequently seems redundant, E.1) in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] E.2) after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, F.1) after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? [Refs 5th c.BC+], used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, [Refs] G) ἐγώ εἰμι, in [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimí
Pronounciation:
i-mee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
I exist (used only when emphatic); am, have been, X it is I, was; the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb

< Gjoni 8:31 >